Web orders only - FREE shipping via UPS Ground (continental US only, motor freight excluded)
 
 
 
 
 
  BRAKE PRODUCTS
75,544 part numbers: Brake Wheels & Discontinued Brake Parts
  GEMCO
14,152 part numbers: Motion Control Products
 
  GLEASON
21,298 part numbers: Cable & Hose Management Systems
  AERO-MOTIVE
3,611 part numbers: Cable & Hose Management Systems
  CUTLER-HAMMER
6,317 part numbers: Electrical Control Products
 
 
 
 
 
  STEARNS
6,612 part numbers: Motor Mounted Brakes
  HUBBELL
16,072 part numbers: Electrical Control Products
  SUPERBOLT
109 part numbers: Fastening Solutions
  TELEMOTIVE
2,463 part numbers: Radio Remote Control
  RENOLD
401 part numbers: Mechanical Power Transmission Products
 
 

Aero-Motive Direct
Amazon Store

 
69 part numbers
 

Brake Products
Amazon Store

 
553 part numbers
 
 
Check out our expanded Wagner inventory:
 
 

 
 
Web: www.GemcoDirect.com Email: sales@GemcoDirect.com Phone: (888) 861-8777
 
Rotary Limit Switches, Position Sensors, Resolvers, Encoders
 
1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch

 
DESCRIPTION
 
The Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch is a pilot device used for heavy duty material handling mechanisms, mechanical presses, packaging machines, rotary tables, and in many other applications where repetitive and sequential operations are required in control circuitry. When motion is expressed in shaft rotation, either thru a roller chain, gear train, or directly, the Rotating Cam Limit Switch makes it possible to open or close independent circuits at any desired angular positions. The Series 1980 is available in NEMA 1, NEMA 4 & 5, NEMA 7, NEMA 9, and NEMA 12 enclosures. The units can be ordered with 2 to 40 circuits.
 
SPECIFICATIONS
 
Resolver
 
Resolution - 12 bit resolution (4096 counts)
RPM - 1024 max.
 
DeviceNet
 
Conformance - This product has been tested by ODVA's authorized Independent Test Lab and found to comply with ODVA Conformance Test Software Version A-12.
Power Requirements - 92mA @ 11Vdc typical - 67mA @ 24Vdc typical.
InRush - 350mA @ 11Vdc for 20 ms - 450mA @ 25Vdc for 10 ms.
Device Type - "Generic"
Communications - Group 2 slave only.
Messages supported - Polled, Bit Strobed, Explicit.
Baud Rates - 125K, 250K, 500K
Position Rate - 915 microseconds
RPM - 29.29 ms
Scale Factor - 2 to 4096
Position Range - 0 to 1 less than scale factor.
Setpoints - Separate ON and OFF points for each setpoint.
Quantity - 8
Range - 0 to 1 less than scale factor.
Approvals - CE
Operating Temperature -20oC to +70oC
Storage Temperature -40oC to +85oC
 
1980S Rotating Cam Limit Switch Manual
1980 Ordering Guide and Technical Information
1950 Precision Snap Switch Information
Drawing Gemco 1950 Snap Switches
Dimension Drawing NEMA 4 RCLS 2-40 CIR W SDGR
NEMA 7 and NEMA 9 Explosion-Proof Statement, Rev A
 
 

 

1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Set-up Procedure
No Part
Number
Description Image Stock
Qty
Price
Each
Qty
Ord'd
Update
Cart
1 AME-P0034600 Ametek Gemco Cam Tool Part P0034600 Timing & Dwell Adjustment Tool For 1980 Series Cam Limit Switches aka P-346-B [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (1LBS) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 20 Call   Call
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stand Alone Brake Monitoring Module and Accessories
No Part
Number
Description Image Stock
Qty
Price
Each
Qty
Ord'd
Update
Cart
1 AME-SD0202900 Ametek Gemco NEMA 1 Enclosure with Cover and Shaft; Product line: 1980 [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] - 0 Call   Call
2 AME-SD0213300 Ametek Gemco NEMA 1 Enclosure with Cover & Shaft [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] - 0 Call   Call
3 AME-SD0117800 Ametek Gemco Cam Part SD0117800 Standard Adjustable Cam Assembly Parts P0035600 & P0035700 Includes 2 Roll Pins for installation Mold # P.268.B Normally a stock item @ BPI [Amazon] [Updated 1-19] (1LBS) H 4" L 6" W 4" Box 5 Call   Call
4 AME-SD0197700 Ametek Gemco Disc. Optical Pulse Disc for 1980 Series RCS. 1 Degree Split. Add-A-Cam (1LB) [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] - 1 Call   Call
5 AME-SD0194800 Ametek Gemco Electronic Pulse Generating Switch, 5 Volt DC for Brake Monitor (1LBS) H 6.00" L 3.50" W 0.50" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 1 Call   Call
6 AME-SD0157100 Ametek Gemco Roller Follower Assembly Part SD0157100 Limit Switch Roller Follower Mounts between the Cam & Snap Switch Increases switch life on 1980 Series Cam Box's aka P-518-B & P-520-B Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com [Amazon] [Ships from Stock to 2 Weeks] [Updated 1-19] (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 101 Call   Call
7 AME-1950-1-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco 1950 Switch Part 1950-1-B-A-AO 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly 1 = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw can be wired for N.O or N.C. Circuit Four Screw Terminals Side "A" Normally Open Terminals Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals B = Binder / Screw Terminals A = Front Mounting AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles aka 1950-1-B-A-A0 19501BAA0 Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com [Amazon] [Updated 1-19] (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 76 Call   Call
8 AME-1950-4-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 Part 1950-4-B-A-AO aka 1950-4-B-A-A0 19504BAAO 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly 4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T. Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits Side "A" Normally Open Terminals Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals B = Binder / Screw Terminals, Qty., 8 A = Front Mounting AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles aka 1950-4-B-A-A0 Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com [Amazon] [Ships from Stock to 10 Days] [Updated 1-19] (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 16 Call   Call
Add-On Brake Monitoring Module and Accessories
No Part
Number
Description Image Stock
Qty
Price
Each
Qty
Ord'd
Update
Cart
1 AME-SD0195800 Ametek Gemco Module Add-On, Brake Monitor Module Assembly NEMA 1 Enclosure with Cover & Shaft [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] - 0 Call   Call
2 AME-SD0117800 Ametek Gemco Cam Part SD0117800 Standard Adjustable Cam Assembly Parts P0035600 & P0035700 Includes 2 Roll Pins for installation Mold # P.268.B Normally a stock item @ BPI [Amazon] [Updated 1-19] (1LBS) H 4" L 6" W 4" Box 5 Call   Call
3 AME-SD0197700 Ametek Gemco Disc. Optical Pulse Disc for 1980 Series RCS. 1 Degree Split. Add-A-Cam (1LB) [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] - 1 Call   Call
4 AME-SD0194800 Ametek Gemco Electronic Pulse Generating Switch, 5 Volt DC for Brake Monitor (1LBS) H 6.00" L 3.50" W 0.50" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 1 Call   Call
5 AME-SD0157100 Ametek Gemco Roller Follower Assembly Part SD0157100 Limit Switch Roller Follower Mounts between the Cam & Snap Switch Increases switch life on 1980 Series Cam Box's aka P-518-B & P-520-B Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com [Amazon] [Ships from Stock to 2 Weeks] [Updated 1-19] (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 101 Call   Call
6 AME-1950-1-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco 1950 Switch Part 1950-1-B-A-AO 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly 1 = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw can be wired for N.O or N.C. Circuit Four Screw Terminals Side "A" Normally Open Terminals Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals B = Binder / Screw Terminals A = Front Mounting AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles aka 1950-1-B-A-A0 19501BAA0 Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com [Amazon] [Updated 1-19] (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 76 Call   Call
7 AME-1950-4-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 Part 1950-4-B-A-AO aka 1950-4-B-A-A0 19504BAAO 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly 4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T. Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits Side "A" Normally Open Terminals Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals B = Binder / Screw Terminals, Qty., 8 A = Front Mounting AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles aka 1950-4-B-A-A0 Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com [Amazon] [Ships from Stock to 10 Days] [Updated 1-19] (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 16 Call   Call
1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch
No Part
Number
Description Image Stock
Qty
Price
Each
Qty
Ord'd
Update
Cart
1 AME-1980-101-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-101-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
2 AME-1980-101-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-101-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 0 Call   Call
3 AME-1980-101-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
4 AME-1980-101-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
5 AME-1980-101-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
6 AME-1980-101-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-101-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 01 = 1 Independent Cam / Circuit / Switch R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (10LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
7 AME-1980-101-X-DP-X-M-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-X-DP-X-M-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: M - Multiplier Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:3 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
8 AME-1980-102-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
9 AME-1980-102-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
10 AME-1980-102-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
11 AME-1980-102-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (11 LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
12 AME-1980-102-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 0 Call   Call
13 AME-1980-102-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
14 AME-1980-102-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (11LBS) H 12.00" L 10.00" W 8.00" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
15 AME-1980-102-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-R-SP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
16 AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
17 AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD4 NEMA 1 Enclosure 2 Circuit Right Hand shaft Extension SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Timing Dial Labeled for CCW Rotation [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
18 AME-1980-102-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
19 AME-1980-102-X-DP-TD1-R-20-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-TD1-R-20-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
20 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-30-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-30-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
21 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-3-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-3-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
22 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-50-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 50 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 50:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
23 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-5-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
24 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-64-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-64-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 64 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 64:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
25 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
26 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-7-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-7-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
27 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
28 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-32-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R-32-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 32 = 32 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
29 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-4-L6 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R4-L6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
30 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-60-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R-60-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
31 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-6-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-6-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
32 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-7-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-7-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
33 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
34 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-L Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
35 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
36 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-25-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
37 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-400-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
38 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-S-4-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
39 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-7-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-7-R Base Part Number: 1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
40 AME-1980-103-D-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
41 AME-1980-103-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
42 AME-1980-103-D-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2 DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch, # 1950-4-B-A-AO Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (13LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
43 AME-1980-103-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
44 AME-1980-103-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
45 AME-1980-103-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
46 AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS) (14LBS) H 8.00" L 18.00" W 12.00" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
47 AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree And can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 8 screw terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty [Updated 1-19] (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
48 AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
49 AME-1980-103-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
50 AME-1980-103-L-SPK-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-103-L-SPK-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SPK = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O.or a N.C. Circuit. With 4 Clamp Terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] 1/17 (12LBS) H 8" L 12" W 10" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
51 AME-1980-103-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-L-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 9 Call   Call
52 AME-1980-103-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
53 AME-1980-103-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
54 AME-1980-103-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
55 AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
56 AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
57 AME-1980-103-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
58 AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
59 AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
60 AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
61 AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
62 AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-103-R-SP-TD4 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD4 = Timing Dial, Counter Clockwise Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
63 AME-1980-103-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Precision Snap Action Gemco Mfg., UL Listed Switches Assembly File E56660 Which can be wired for either a N.O or a N.C. Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees X = No other options 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (14LBS) H 10" L 12" W 9" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
64 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
65 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
66 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-2-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
67 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-32-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-32-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 32 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 32:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
68 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-48-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-48-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 48 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 48:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
69 AME-1980-103-X-SP-R-X-R-2-R5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-R-X-R-2-R5 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R5 - Right end position 5; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
70 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-R-6-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-R-6-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
71 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
72 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-24-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
73 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-36-L Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
74 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TW1-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TW1-S-2-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TW1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal, Window; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
75 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-4-R7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-4-R7 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R7 - Right end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
76 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
77 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-10-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
78 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-L Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
79 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
80 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-200-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-200-L Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
81 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-28-L Base Part Number: 1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 28 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 28:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
82 AME-1980-104-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2 DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (13LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 2 Call   Call
83 AME-1980-104-D-SP-R-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-D-SP-R-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
84 AME-1980-104-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
85 AME-1980-104-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double, 2 Shaft Extensions from the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
86 AME-1980-104-L-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
87 AME-1980-104-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
88 AME-1980-104-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
89 AME-1980-104-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
90 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
91 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
92 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
93 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TW1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-SP-TW1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TW1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal, Window; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
94 AME-1980-104-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-104-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree And can be adjusted by use of a Tool Supplied or by hand 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 4 Screw Terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] [Updated 1-19] (12LBS) H 8" L 12" W 10" Box 2 Call   Call
95 AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
96 AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
97 AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
98 AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
99 AME-1980-104-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 8 screw terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
100 AME-1980-104-R-SPK-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SPK-X Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SPK - SPDT with Clamp Terminal; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
101 AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
102 AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
103 AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
104 AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
105 AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (10LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
106 AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
107 AME-1980-104-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-104-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree And can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 4 Screw Terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty, FOB Peck MI [Amazon] [Ships from Stock to 2 Weeks] [Updated 1-19] (12LBS) H 8" L 12" W 10" Box 2 Call   Call
108 AME-1980-104-X-DP-R-TD1-R-20-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R-20-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DPR = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 3 to 4 Weeks to Ship (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
109 AME-1980-104-X-DP-R-TD1-R-24-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R24-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 24 = 24 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 3 to 4 Weeks to Ship (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 1 Call   Call
110 AME-1980-104-X-DP-R-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 3 to 4 Weeks to Ship (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
111 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
112 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-L-8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 16 = 16 to 1 Gear Ratio L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (15LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
113 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
114 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-18-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-18-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 18 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 18:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
115 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-1-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-1-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
116 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-L2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-L2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1 Shaft Location: L2 - Left end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
117 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
118 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R7 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1 Shaft Location: R7 - Right end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
119 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
120 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
121 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 28 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 28:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
122 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 28 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 28:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
123 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-4-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-4-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
124 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L-2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L2 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 2 (15LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
125 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L-7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 / Bottom Left / Left End View (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
126 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R8 - Right end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
127 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-7-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-7-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
128 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-8-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
129 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1.33 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1.33:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
130 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1000 = 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
131 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
132 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (18LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
133 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
134 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-20-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-20-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
135 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-24-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
136 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
137 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (18LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
138 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-36-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
139 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
140 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
141 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-400-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-400-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
142 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
143 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-6-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-6-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
144 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-80-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
145 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
146 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-TD1-S-1.5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-TD1-S-1.5-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
147 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
148 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-4-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
149 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
150 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
151 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-100-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-100-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 11 Call   Call
152 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
153 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-50-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-50-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 50 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 50:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
154 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-2-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: M - Multiplier Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:2 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
155 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: M - Multiplier Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:4 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
156 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
157 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-12-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-12-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
158 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-15-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-15-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 15 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 15:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
159 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-16-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-16-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
160 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L6 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L6 - Left end position 6; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
161 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
162 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
163 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-R5 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R1-R5 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio R5 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 5 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
164 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-2-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-2-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
165 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-30-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-30-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
166 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L6 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L6 - Left end position 6; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
167 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
168 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
169 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4.75 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4.75:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
170 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 4.75 = 4.75 to 1 Gear Ratio R8 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
171 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
172 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
173 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
174 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
175 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
176 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
177 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R-1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
178 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
179 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
180 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-L7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
181 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
182 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
183 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R6 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R6 - Right end position 6; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
184 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-100-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 1 Call   Call
185 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-10-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
186 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
187 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
188 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
189 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
190 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-16-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-16-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
191 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
192 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
193 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
194 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-24-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
195 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-30-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
196 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-400-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
197 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-48-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-48-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 48 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 48:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
198 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
199 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
200 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-60-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
201 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
202 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
203 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-8-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-8-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
204 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-R-X-R-48-R2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-Y-DP-R-X-R48-R2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box, Dual Shaft DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the switch plunger for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio R2 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 2 / Right Side Lower Postion / End View 1/15 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
205 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
206 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
207 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
208 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
209 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-1.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-1.5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
210 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
211 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
212 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
213 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-3-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-3-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
214 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-4-L Base Part Number: 1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
215 AME-1980-105-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
216 AME-1980-105-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
217 AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
218 AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
219 AME-1980-105-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
220 AME-1980-105-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
221 AME-1980-105-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
222 AME-1980-105-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-R-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
223 AME-1980-105-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-R-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
224 AME-1980-105-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
225 AME-1980-105-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
226 AME-1980-105-R-SP-TW1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-R-SP-TW1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TW1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal, Window; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
227 AME-1980-105-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
228 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
229 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-48-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-48-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 48 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 48:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
230 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
231 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-7-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-7-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
232 AME-1980-105-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 28 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 28:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
233 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
234 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-8-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-8-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
235 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R 1980 = Series Cam Limit switch 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Circuits / Switches / Cams X = No Shaft Extension Opposite thee Gear Box SP = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw Switches TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clock Wise Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 18 = 18 to 1 Gear Reducer Ratio R = Right, Gear Reducer Mounted to the Right End [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (4LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
236 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 50 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 50:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
237 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-5-L Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
238 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-L7 1980 = Series Rotating Cam Limit Switch 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = Qty 5, Independent Circuits, Switches & Cams X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw, UL Switches X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Reducer Shaft Position 7 This is a Mfg to order/ not returnable item Ships in 3 weeks, OH 44023 Dated 1/18 0 Call   Call
239 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
240 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Action Switches X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
241 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
242 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
243 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
244 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-10-R Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
245 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
246 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
247 AME-1980-105-Y-SP-TD1-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-Y-SP-TD1-S-5-L Base Part Number: 1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
248 AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
249 AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
250 AME-1980-106-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual / Left & Right Hand Shaft Extensions from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
251 AME-1980-106-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-D-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
252 AME-1980-106-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual / Left & Right Hand Shaft Extensions from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
253 AME-1980-106-D-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
254 AME-1980-106-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuits 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
255 AME-1980-106-L-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
256 AME-1980-106-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-DP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
257 AME-1980-106-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
258 AME-1980-106-L-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-SP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
259 AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
260 AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.Wise Rotation 3 year Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
261 AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
262 AME-1980-106-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action Which can be wired for either a N.O.or a N.C. Circuit 4 Screw Terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 14" W 8" Box 8 Call   Call
263 AME-1980-106-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
264 AME-1980-106-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
265 AME-1980-106-R-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
266 AME-1980-106-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
267 AME-1980-106-R-SPK-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-SPK-X Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SPK - SPDT with Clamp Terminal; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
268 AME-1980-106-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
269 AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
270 AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
271 AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
272 AME-1980-106-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action Which can be wired for either a N.O. or a N.C. Circuit 4 Screw Terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty Normally a stock item @ BPI [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 14" W 8" Box 1 Call   Call
273 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-20-L5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-20-L5 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: L5 - Left end position 5; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
274 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
275 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
276 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
277 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
278 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch, 1950-4-B-A-A0 X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
279 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
280 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
281 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
282 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-80-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
283 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
284 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-TD1-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 1 6 CIR LH SPDT SW W/BOOT TD1 & 5:1 RAGR L1 INPUT; Product line: 1980 Model (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
285 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 28 = 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
286 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 32 = 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
287 AME-1980-106-X-SP-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
288 AME-1980-106-X-SP-TD2-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-TD2-S-24-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
289 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
290 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
291 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
292 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
293 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-2-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-2-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
294 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-30-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-30-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
295 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
296 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
297 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4.75 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4.75:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
298 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 40 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 40:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
299 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
300 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
301 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
302 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
303 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-6-R4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R6-R4 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
304 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-80-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-80-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
305 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-12-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
306 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-14-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
307 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-15-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
308 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
309 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
310 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
311 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-25-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
312 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-35-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-35-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
313 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-35-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-35-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
314 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-36-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
315 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
316 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-400-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
317 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-40-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-40-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 40 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 40:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
318 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
319 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
320 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
321 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-60-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-60-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
322 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8.5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8.5-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8.5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
323 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-80-R Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
324 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
325 AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
326 AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
327 AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-S-500-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-S-500-L Base Part Number: 1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 500 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 500:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
328 AME-1980-106-Y-SP-R-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 1 6 CIR DBL SPDT SWW/BOOT/28:1 SDGR ON LH SIDE; Product line: 1980 Model (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
329 AME-1980-107-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-D-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Dual Shaft Extensions, Left and Right Extensions from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
330 AME-1980-107-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-D-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
331 AME-1980-107-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
332 AME-1980-107-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
333 AME-1980-107-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
334 AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
335 AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
336 AME-1980-107-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 7 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
337 AME-1980-107-R-DP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-R-DP-TD4 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
338 AME-1980-107-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
339 AME-1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
340 AME-1980-107-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
341 AME-1980-107-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
342 AME-1980-107-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (16LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
343 AME-1980-107-X-DP-TD1-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-DP-TD1-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
344 AME-1980-107-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
345 AME-1980-107-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
346 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-R-48-L2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-X-SP-X-R48-L2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Sheet Metal Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio L2 = Left End, Shaft Position 2 (22LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
347 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-R-7-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-R-7-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
348 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-S-24-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-S-24-L Base Part Number: 1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
349 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (22LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
350 AME-1980-108-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
351 AME-1980-108-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
352 AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
353 AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD4 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
354 AME-1980-108-D-SP-TW1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-D-SP-TW1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TW1 = Timing Dial & Dial Window is to be provided Timing Dial Degrees Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty Dimensions, use a 9 to 12 circuit enclosure drawing (22LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
355 AME-1980-108-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (17LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
356 AME-1980-108-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-L-DP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
357 AME-1980-108-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
358 AME-1980-108-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
359 AME-1980-108-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 8 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
360 AME-1980-108-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-108-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Can be wired for Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits 4 screw terminals per switch UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
361 AME-1980-108-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
362 AME-1980-108-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = D.P.D.T. Switches,Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window Ships in 2 weeks, OH 44023 Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
363 AME-1980-108-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
364 AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = 3 Year Limited Warranty (20LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
365 AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
366 AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD4 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
367 AME-1980-108-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Precision Snap Action Gemco Mfg., UL Listed Switches Assembly File E56660 Which can be wired for either a N.O or a N.C. Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees X = No other options 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (17LBS) H 6" L 16" W 8" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 11 Call   Call
368 AME-1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (21LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
369 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-3-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-3-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
370 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-6-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-6-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
371 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
372 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
373 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-5-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
374 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
375 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
376 AME-1980-108-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 18 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 18:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
377 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-10-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
378 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-18-L6 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-SP-X-R18-L6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
379 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-SP-X-R40-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
380 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
381 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-SP-X-R5-R3 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R3 = Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
382 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-2-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
383 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-80-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
384 AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
385 AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-L Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
386 AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
387 AME-1980-109-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
388 AME-1980-109-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from each end of the Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (21LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
389 AME-1980-109-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
390 AME-1980-109-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
391 AME-1980-109-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
392 AME-1980-109-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-R-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
393 AME-1980-109-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (21LBS) (14LBS) H 8.00" L 18.00" W 12.00" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 9 Call   Call
394 AME-1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
395 AME-1980-109-X-SP-TD1-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-X-SP-TD1-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
396 AME-1980-110-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
397 AME-1980-110-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension (2) from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation (21LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
398 AME-1980-110-D-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-D-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
399 AME-1980-110-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
400 AME-1980-110-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
401 AME-1980-110-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
402 AME-1980-110-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
403 AME-1980-110-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
404 AME-1980-110-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-R-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
405 AME-1980-110-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O or a N.C.Circuit 4 Screw Terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (21LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
406 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-M-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-M-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: M - Multiplier Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:5 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
407 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-R-100-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-R-100-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
408 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-R-40-L6 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-X-SP-X-R-40-L6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
409 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-S-14-L Base Part Number: 1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
410 AME-1980-111-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
411 AME-1980-111-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
412 AME-1980-111-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
413 AME-1980-111-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
414 AME-1980-111-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-L-SP-TD3 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 11 = 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD3 = Timing Dial Labeled Vertically (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
415 AME-1980-111-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
416 AME-1980-111-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
417 AME-1980-111-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
418 AME-1980-111-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
419 AME-1980-111-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Steel Fabricated Enclosure 11 = 11 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
420 AME-1980-111-X-SP-TD2-R-30-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-X-SP-TD2-R-30-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
421 AME-1980-112-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
422 AME-1980-112-D-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-D-SP-TD4 Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
423 AME-1980-112-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
424 AME-1980-112-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
425 AME-1980-112-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
426 AME-1980-112-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
427 AME-1980-112-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (29LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
428 AME-1980-112-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
429 AME-1980-112-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
430 AME-1980-112-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R8 - Right end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
431 AME-1980-112-X-SP-R-X-R-1.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-R-X-R-1.5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
432 AME-1980-112-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture or dust protection X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
433 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-10-R4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R10-R4 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
434 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-1-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-1-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R= right Angle Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 1 (36LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
435 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R= right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 1 (36LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
436 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
437 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-R7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-R7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R7 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 / Top of Gear Box / Left Side End View (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
438 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-7-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-7-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
439 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-14-L Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
440 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
441 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
442 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
443 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-80-R Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
444 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-8-R Base Part Number: 1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
445 AME-1980-112-Y-DP-X-S-10-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-Y-DP-X-S-10-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
446 AME-1980-113-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
447 AME-1980-113-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
448 AME-1980-113-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
449 AME-1980-113-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
450 AME-1980-113-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
451 AME-1980-113-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
452 AME-1980-114-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
453 AME-1980-114-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
454 AME-1980-114-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
455 AME-1980-114-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
456 AME-1980-114-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
457 AME-1980-114-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
458 AME-1980-114-X-DP-X-R-5-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-X-DP-X-R-5-R8 Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R8 - Right end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
459 AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
460 AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
461 AME-1980-115-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
462 AME-1980-115-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-D-SP-X 115 = NEMA 1, 15 Circuit D = Double Ended SP - S.P.D.T. Switches X = Not other options Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
463 AME-1980-115-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
464 AME-1980-115-L-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-L-SP-TD4 Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
465 AME-1980-115-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
466 AME-1980-115-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-R-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Sheet Metal Enclosure 15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
467 AME-1980-115-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
468 AME-1980-115-R-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-DP-X-R-6-R8 Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R8 - Right end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
469 AME-1980-115-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
470 AME-1980-115-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
471 AME-1980-115-X-DP-X-R-5-R8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-X-DP-X-R-5-R8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Dust Tight 15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R8 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 / Top of Gear Box Right Side / Right Side End View (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
472 AME-1980-115-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-X-DP-X-R6-R8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R8 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (33LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
473 AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-30-R Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
474 AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R Base Part Number: 1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 50 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 50:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
475 AME-1980-116-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
476 AME-1980-116-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
477 AME-1980-116-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
478 AME-1980-116-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
479 AME-1980-116-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
480 AME-1980-116-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-116-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (30LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
481 AME-1980-116-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Base Part Number: 1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R8 - Right end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
482 AME-1980-117-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
483 AME-1980-117-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
484 AME-1980-117-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
485 AME-1980-117-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
486 AME-1980-117-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
487 AME-1980-117-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
488 AME-1980-118-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
489 AME-1980-118-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
490 AME-1980-118-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
491 AME-1980-118-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
492 AME-1980-118-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
493 AME-1980-118-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
494 AME-1980-118-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
495 AME-1980-118-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
496 AME-1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Left End (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
497 AME-1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Right End (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
498 AME-1980-119-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
499 AME-1980-119-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
500 AME-1980-119-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
501 AME-1980-119-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
502 AME-1980-119-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
503 AME-1980-119-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
504 AME-1980-1201-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
505 AME-1980-1201-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
506 AME-1980-1201-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
507 AME-1980-1201-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
508 AME-1980-1201-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
509 AME-1980-1201-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-R-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
510 AME-1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-14-R Base Part Number: 1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
511 AME-1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-35-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-10-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight 01 = 1 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
512 AME-1980-1202-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
513 AME-1980-1202-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
514 AME-1980-1202-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
515 AME-1980-1202-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-L-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
516 AME-1980-1202-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasket Cover, Dust Resistant 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
517 AME-1980-1202-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
518 AME-1980-1202-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 02 = 2 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
519 AME-1980-1202-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
520 AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-R-60-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-R-60-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
521 AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-S-2-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-S-2-L Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
522 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-R-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-SP-R-X-R-50-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 50 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 50:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
523 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-3-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-3-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
524 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-4-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-X-SP-X-R4-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed Dust Tight 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
525 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-4-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-4-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
526 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-X-SP-X-R5-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed Dust Tight 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
527 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-X-SP-X-S-30-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuits 4 Screw Terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location [Updated 1-19] (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
528 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
529 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
530 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-100-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-100-L Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
531 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-200-R Base Part Number: 1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
532 AME-1980-1203-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
533 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
534 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
535 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
536 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
537 AME-1980-1203-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
538 AME-1980-1203-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-L-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
539 AME-1980-1203-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight, Gasketed Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
540 AME-1980-1203-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
541 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger TD1 = Timing Dial Clock Wise Rotation (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
542 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
543 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial C.W., Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation [Amazon] Dated 1/17 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
544 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
545 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-1203-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch 3 Year Limited Warranty, Peck MI [Update 1/18] (14LBS) H 8" L 14" W 8" Box 0 Call   Call
546 AME-1980-1203-X-DP-R-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-DP-R-X-S-12-R Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
547 AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-2-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-2-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
548 AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-3-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-3-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
549 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-M-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-M-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: M - Multiplier Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:5 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
550 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-10-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-10-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
551 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-17-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-X-SP-X-R17-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight 3 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 17 = 17 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 1 Call   Call
552 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-25-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-25-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
553 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
554 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
555 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
556 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-L Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
557 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-R Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
558 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-64-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-64-L Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 64 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 64:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
559 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-80-L Base Part Number: 1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
560 AME-1980-1204-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
561 AME-1980-1204-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-DP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
562 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
563 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
564 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
565 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
566 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure. Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double, 2 Shaft Extensions from the enclosure, @ each end SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (19LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
567 AME-1980-1204-L-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
568 AME-1980-1204-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
569 AME-1980-1204-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
570 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
571 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
572 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
573 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
574 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
575 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (19LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 1 Call   Call
576 AME-1980-1204-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
577 AME-1980-1204-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight / Gasketed 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 8 screw terminals per switch, switch Part 1950-1-B-A-AO Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
578 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
579 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
580 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
581 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
582 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
583 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches Switch can be wired for either a N.O or N.C. Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No other options 3 Year Limited Warranty, Peck MI [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 1 Call   Call
584 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-R-20-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-R-20-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
585 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-100-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
586 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-40-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-40-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 40 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 40:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
587 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-1.5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-1.5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
588 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-12-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-12-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
589 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-18-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-18-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 18 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 18:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
590 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-12-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
591 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-150-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-150-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 150 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 150:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
592 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-24-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
593 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (24LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
594 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SPR-X-R-10-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location, Left End, Shaft Position 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
595 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-R-14-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-R-14-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
596 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
597 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
598 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-24-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
599 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-400-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-400-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 9 Call   Call
600 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-8-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
601 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-100-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-100-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
602 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-10-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
603 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-8-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-8-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
604 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-16-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-16-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
605 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-600-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-600-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 600 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 600:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
606 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
607 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-1.25-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-1.25-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1.25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.25:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
608 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-100-R7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-100-R7 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R7 - Right end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
609 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
610 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
611 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R5 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R5 - Right end position 5; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
612 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-15-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-15-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 15 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 15:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
613 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-20-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-20-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
614 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-24-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-24-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
615 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-25-R6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-25-R6 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: R6 - Right end position 6; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
616 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-36-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
617 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-L6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-L6 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: L6 - Left end position 6; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
618 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
619 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
620 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-50-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 50 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 50:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
621 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location, Left End, Shaft Position 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
622 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
623 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
624 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
625 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-64-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-64-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 64 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 64:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
626 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
627 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Shaft Location, Right End, Shaft Position 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
628 AME-1980-1210-X-SP-X-R-4-R6 Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 12 10 CIR RH SPDT SW W/4:1 RAGR R6 INPUT; Product line: 1980 Model (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
629 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-7.5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-7.5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7.5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
630 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-80-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-80-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
631 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
632 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
633 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R3 = Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
634 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
635 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
636 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-10-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
637 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
638 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
639 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-133-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-133-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 133 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 133:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
640 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-14-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
641 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-150-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-150-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 150 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 150:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
642 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-15-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
643 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
644 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
645 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-18-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-18-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 18 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 18:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
646 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 2.2 = 2.2 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
647 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-200-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
648 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
649 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, # 1950-1-B-A-AO X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
650 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
651 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-287-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-287-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 287 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 287:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
652 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
653 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-300-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-300-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 300 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 300:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
654 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-30-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
655 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
656 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-48-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-48-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, # 1950-1-B-A-AO X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
657 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
658 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
659 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
660 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-64-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-64-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 64 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 64:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
661 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-6-R 1980 = Series Cam Limit switch 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Circuits/ Switches / Cams X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = S.P.D.T., Single Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
662 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.25-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.25-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7.25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7.25:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
663 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.5-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7.5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
664 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
665 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
666 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-R 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4 X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = Single Pole, Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Straight Drive Gear Reducer Mounted on the Right End Dated 1/18 Ships in 3 weeks, OH 44023 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
667 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 1 Call   Call
668 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
669 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-900-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-900-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 900 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 900:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
670 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-L Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 96 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 96:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
671 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 96 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 96:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
672 AME-1980-1204-Y-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-Y-DP-X-S-2-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
673 AME-1980-1204-Y-SP-X-S-500-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-Y-SP-X-S-500-R Base Part Number: 1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 500 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 500:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
674 AME-1980-1205-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-D-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
675 AME-1980-1205-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation, 0-360 Degrees 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
676 AME-1980-1205-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-D-SP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
677 AME-1980-1205-L-DP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-DP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
678 AME-1980-1205-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-DP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
679 AME-1980-1205-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
680 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
681 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
682 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
683 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
684 AME-1980-1205-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
685 AME-1980-1205-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
686 AME-1980-1205-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
687 AME-1980-1205-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
688 AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 12 5 CIR RH DPDT SWW/6:1 SDGR; Product line: 1980 Model (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
689 AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-14-R4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-14-R4 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, gasketed dust tight 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
690 AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
691 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
692 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-32-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-32-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 32 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 32:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
693 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
694 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
695 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
696 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
697 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-30-R Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
698 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-36-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-36-R Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
699 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
700 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
701 AME-1980-1205-Y-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-Y-DP-X-S-2-R Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
702 AME-1980-1205-Y-SP-X-S-24-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-Y-SP-X-S-24-L Base Part Number: 1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
703 AME-1980-1206-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (16LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
704 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
705 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
706 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: D - Double Ended; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
707 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual / Double Shaft, one out of each end of the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (24LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
708 AME-1980-1206-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-L-DP-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: L - Left Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
709 AME-1980-1206-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (24LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
710 AME-1980-1206-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (24LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
711 AME-1980-1206-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuits 4 Screw Terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty Ships in 2 weeks, Peck MI [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (24LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
712 AME-1980-1206-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-DP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
713 AME-1980-1206-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-DP-X Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
714 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-TD1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call
715 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-X Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
716 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
717 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-SP-TD2 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: R - Right Hand; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
718 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action U.L. Listed Switches Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit 4 Screw Terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is provided 3 Year Warranty Dated 1/18 (26LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 11 Call   Call
719 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
720 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the switch plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right Side, Gear Box & Main Shaft (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
721 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-1-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
722 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-30-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
723 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-18-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-R18-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
724 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-18-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-18-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 18 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 18:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
725 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-2.5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-2.5-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
726 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-20-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-R20-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
727 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-25-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-25-L8 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: L8 - Left end position 8; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
728 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-4-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-4-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
729 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
730 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-6-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-6-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
731 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-80-R5 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-R80-R5 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R5 = Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
732 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-L Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.33 = 1.33 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
733 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.33 = 1.33 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
734 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-35-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-35-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 35 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 35:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
735 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-36-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-36-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 06 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
736 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-3-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-3-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
737 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-80-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer, Parallel with main shaft 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Gear Box & Main Shaft Right End (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
738 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-96-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-96-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 96 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 96:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
739 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-TD1-S-18-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-TD1-S-18-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 18 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 18:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
740 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-TD1-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-TD1-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
741 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-R-10-R2 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R2 - Right end position 2; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
742 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-R-16-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-R-16-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
743 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-16-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-16-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gear box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on the switch plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 16 = 16 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer (28LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
744 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-20-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
745 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-400-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-400-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
746 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-600-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-600-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 600 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 600:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
747 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-80-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Switch Option: R - Rubber Boot; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
748 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-25-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-25-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for clock wise rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location [Amazon] Dated 1/18 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 0 Call   Call
749 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part AME-1980-1206-X-SP-R-TD1-R-6-R-3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12 Enclosure with 6 Circuits Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw Switch Option: R - Rubber Boots for additional dust & moisture protection Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer Ratio: 6 - Gear Reducer Ratio 6 to 1 Shaft Location: R - Gear Reducer Right End Shaft Position: 3 = Shaft Position 3 [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
750 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-TD3-R-6-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-TD3-R-6-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
751 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-M-8-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-M-8-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: M - Multiplier Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 8 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:8 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
752 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
753 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-16-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-16-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 16 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 16:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
754 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-1-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-1-L1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: L1 - Left end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
755 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-20-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-20-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
756 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-25-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-25-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 25:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
757 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-28-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-28-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 28 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 28:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
758 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-2-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-2-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
759 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-3-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-3-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
760 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-4-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-4-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
761 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-50-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 50 = 50 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
762 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
763 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
764 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
765 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R4 - Right end position 4; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
766 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
767 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L5 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L5 - Left end position 5; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
768 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L7 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: L7 - Left end position 7; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
769 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-7.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-7.5-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7.5:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
770 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-7-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-7-R1 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1 Shaft Location: R1 - Right end position 1; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
771 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-100-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
772 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-10-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
773 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-12-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-12-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
774 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-12-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
775 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-14-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
776 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-15-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-S-15-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (26LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
777 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-200-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
778 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-24-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 24 = 24 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] 0 Call   Call
779 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-25-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
780 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-30-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (26LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
781 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-35-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-S-35-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed, Dust Tight 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Box & Output Shaft Location (26LBS) (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
782 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-36-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
783 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-36-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-36-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
784 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-3-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-3-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
785 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-3-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
786 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-400-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S400-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location [Amazon] 1/17 (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 11 Call   Call
787 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-400-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
788 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-40-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-40-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 40 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 40:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
789 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-48-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-48-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 48 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 48:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
790 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-4-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
791 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-5-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
792 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-60-L Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1 Shaft Location: L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
793 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-6-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
794 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-80-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
795 AME-1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
796 AME-1980-1206-Y-DP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-Y-DP-X-S-14-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: DP - Double Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: X - None; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
797 AME-1980-1206-Y-SP-TD1-S-2.5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-Y-SP-TD1-S-2.5-R Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal; Gear Reducer: S - Straight Drive; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 2.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1 Shaft Location: R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
798 AME-1980-1206-Y-SP-TD3-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-Y-SP-TD3-R-1-R3 Base Part Number: 1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6; Shaft Extension: Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box; Switch: SP - Single Pole, Double Throw; Timing Dial and Mounting: TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical; Gear Reducer: R - Right Angle; Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code: 1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1 Shaft Location: R3 - Right end position 3; (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" [Amazon] [1/2017] [1/2018] [1/2018] 0 Call   Call
799 AME-1980-1206-Y-SP-TD3-R-1-R5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-Y-SP-TD3-R-1-R5 Base Part Number: 1980-